blob: 9b204780a7f20be374e56d52ba545c324e02c6f3 [file] [log] [blame]
glepnir9eff3ee2025-01-11 16:47:34 +01001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2025 Jan 11
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
Ughur Alakbarov7c8bbc62024-08-31 16:12:39 +0200182 mkdir -p ~/.vim/after/syntax
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000183
1843. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
185 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
186 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
187
1884. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
189 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
190 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
191
192That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
193different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
194
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000195If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
196All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
197 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
199
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000200
201REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
202
203If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
204version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
205that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200206Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
207b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000208
209
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100210NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
211
212A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
213thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
214A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
215
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200216The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
217digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
218However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
219length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000220
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100221To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000222be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
223These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
224you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
225
226 *Comment any comment
227
228 *Constant any constant
229 String a string constant: "this is a string"
230 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
231 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
232 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
233 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
234
235 *Identifier any variable name
236 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
237
238 *Statement any statement
239 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
240 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
241 Label case, default, etc.
242 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
243 Keyword any other keyword
244 Exception try, catch, throw
245
246 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
247 Include preprocessor #include
248 Define preprocessor #define
249 Macro same as Define
250 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
251
252 *Type int, long, char, etc.
253 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
254 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
255 Typedef A typedef
256
257 *Special any special symbol
258 SpecialChar special character in a constant
259 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
260 Delimiter character that needs attention
261 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
262 Debug debugging statements
263
264 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
265
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200266 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000267
268 *Error any erroneous construct
269
270 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
271 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
272
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100273 *Added added line in a diff
274 *Changed changed line in a diff
275 *Removed removed line in a diff
276
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000277The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
278For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
279The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
280highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
281after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
282
283Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
284can be used for the same group.
285
286The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
287 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
288
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200289 *hl-Ignore*
290When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
291mechanism. See |conceal|.
292
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000293==============================================================================
2943. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
295
296This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
297issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
298located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
299
300":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
301
302 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
303 |
304 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
305 |
306 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
307 | |
308 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
309 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
310 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
311 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
312 | | set yet.
313 | |
314 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
315 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
316 | |
317 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
318 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
319 |
320 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
321 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
322 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
323 | |
324 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
325 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
326 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
327 | |
328 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
329 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
330 | | *synload-4*
331 | |
332 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
333 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
334 | |
335 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
336 |
337 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
338 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
339 |
340 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
341 already loaded buffer.
342
343
344Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
345
346 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
347 |
348 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
349 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
350 | option is set to the file type.
351 |
352 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
353 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
354 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
355 | |
356 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
357 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
358 | |
359 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
360 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
361 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
362 |
363 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
364 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
365 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
366 |
367 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
368 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
369 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
370 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
371 |
372 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
373 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
374 syntax.
375
376==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003774. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003792html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200380window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000381
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200382After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
383colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
384|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
385or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200386|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
387in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200388
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
390Source the script to convert the current file: >
391
392 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
393<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200394Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
395options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
396the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
397|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398
399Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200400- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000401- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200402- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100403 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
404 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000405
406Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
407Unix shell: >
408 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
409<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200410 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
411To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
412command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
413and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
414
415 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
416 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
417 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
418<
419 *:TOhtml*
420:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
421 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200422 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
423 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
424 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
425 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200426
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200427 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
428 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
429 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
430 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
431 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
432 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
433 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
434 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200435
436 Examples: >
437
438 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
439 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
440 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
441<
442 *g:html_diff_one_file*
443Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200444When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
445page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4461, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200447Example: >
448
449 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
450<
451 *g:html_whole_filler*
452Default: 0.
453When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
454is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
455of inserted lines.
456When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
457not set.
458>
459 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
460<
461 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
462Default: 0.
463When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4642html.vim conversion process.
465When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
466but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
467files it can take a long time!
468Example: >
469
470 let g:html_no_progress = 1
471<
472You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
473run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
474moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
475
476 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
477<
478Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
479need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
480conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
481script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
482specifying each command separately.
483
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100484 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
485When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
486as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
487current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
488have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
489differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
490your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
491
492 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
493<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200494 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100495Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200496When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
497When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
498highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
499Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
500 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
501Force to omit the line numbers: >
502 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
503Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
504 :unlet g:html_number_lines
505<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100506 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200507Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
508When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
509inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
510takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
511pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
512view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200513(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200514javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
515For example: >
516
517 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
518 page.html#123 does the same
519
520 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
521 diff.html#42 does the same
522<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200523 *g:html_use_css*
524Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100525When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
526browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200527When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
528recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
529forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
530Example: >
531 :let g:html_use_css = 0
532<
533 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
534Default: 0.
535When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
536from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
537value of 'conceallevel'.
538When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
539|conceal|ed.
540
541Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
542included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
543 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
544 :setl conceallevel=0
545<
546 *g:html_ignore_folding*
547Default: 0.
548When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
549Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
550the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
551When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
552text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
553
554Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
555in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
556 zR
557 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
558<
559 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
560Default: 0.
561When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
562When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
563in Vim.
564
565Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
566regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
567
568This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
569>
570 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
571<
572 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
573Default: 0.
574When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
575Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
576open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
577'foldcolumn' setting.
578When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
579folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
580>
581 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
582<
583 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100584Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200585This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
586when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
587for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
588line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
589affected in this way as follows:
590 f: fold column
591 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
592 t: fold text
593 d: diff filler
594
595Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
596 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
597<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100598The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
599of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
600
601 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500602Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100603If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
604
605When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
606uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
607selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
608pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
609invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100610Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100611browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
612
613When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
614older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
615<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
616to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
617number of browsers, both old and new.
618
619When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
620generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
621Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
622the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
623standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200624
625 *g:html_no_invalid*
626Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100627When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
628not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
629element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
630in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
631paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
632invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
633<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
634remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200635
636 *g:html_hover_unfold*
637Default: 0.
638When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
639|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
640When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
641cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
642disabled javascript to view the folded text.
643
644Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
645feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
646normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
647they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
648>
649 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
650<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200651 *g:html_id_expr*
652Default: ""
653Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
654to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
655longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
656evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
657so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
658larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
659
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000660 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200661<
662To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
663
664 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
665<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100666Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200667evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
668windows.
669
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200670 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100671Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200672When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
673not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
674When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
675used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
676window.
677Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
678 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
679Explicitly disable wrapping: >
680 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
681Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
682 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
683<
684 *g:html_no_pre*
685Default: 0.
686When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
687tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
688characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
689When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
690used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
691references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
692text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
693old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
694the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
695>
696 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
697<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100698 *g:html_no_doc*
699Default: 0.
700When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
701<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
702define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
703settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
704
705
706 *g:html_no_links*
707Default: 0.
708Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
709
710 *g:html_no_modeline*
711Default: 0.
712Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
713
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200714 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100715Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
716 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
717 1 otherwise.
718When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200719number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100720When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200721are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
722allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
723the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
724indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
725
726Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
728<
729Force tabs to be expanded: >
730 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
731<
732 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
733It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
734|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
735
736If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
737for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
738'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
739set to match the chosen document encoding.
740
741Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
742|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
743wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
744encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
745below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
746
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100747Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200748the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
749
750 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
752
753 *g:html_use_encoding*
754Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
755To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
756name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
757something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
758webserver: >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
760You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
761entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
762 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
763To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
764variable: >
765 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
766<
767 *g:html_encoding_override*
768Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
769 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
770This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
771specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
772list of conversions.
773
774This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
775pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
776
777Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
778 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
779<
780 *g:html_charset_override*
781Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
782 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
783 browser support.
784This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
785'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
786use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
787TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
788and UTF-32 instead, use: >
789 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
790
791Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
792compatibility problems with some major browsers.
793
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200794 *g:html_font*
795Default: "monospace"
796You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
797g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
798surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
799item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
800way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
801result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
802Examples: >
803
804 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
806
807 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
808 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
809<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200810 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
811Default: 0.
812When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
813When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
814>
815 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
816<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100817==============================================================================
8185. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
819
820 *b:current_syntax-variable*
821Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
822"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
823settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
824 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
825 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
826 :au BufReadPost * endif
827
828
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000829
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000830ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000831
832ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
833any value to the respective variable. Example: >
834 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
835To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
836 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
837
838Variable Highlight ~
839abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
840abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
841
842
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000843ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000844
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000845See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000848ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849
850The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000851by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000852by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000853and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000854
855 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
856
857will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
858
859 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
860 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
861 ]]></script>
862
863See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
864
865
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000866APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100868The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
869version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000870
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
872 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000873ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
874 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000875
876Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
877doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
878startup vimrc: >
879 :let filetype_i = "asm"
880Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
881
882There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
883extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
884line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
885files are included:
Wu, Zhenyud66d6872024-12-12 19:31:54 +0100886 asm GNU assembly (usually have .s or .S extension and were
887 already built using C compiler such as GCC or CLANG)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
Wu, Zhenyud66d6872024-12-12 19:31:54 +0100892 masm Microsoft assembly (.masm files are compiled with
893 Microsoft's Macro Assembler. This is only supported
894 for x86, x86_64, ARM and AARCH64 CPU families)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000895 nasm Netwide assembly
896 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
897 MMX)
898 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
899
900The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000902Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100903one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200904immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
905equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
906between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
907particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
908highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000909
910The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
911b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000912 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000913
914If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
915the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
916language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000917 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000918
919As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
920
921
922Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
923
924To enable a feature: >
925 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
926To disable a feature: >
927 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
928
929Variable Highlight ~
930nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
931 (parser dependent; not recommended)
932nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
933nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
934
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200935ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
936
937Configuration
938
939The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200940You can add them to your .vimrc.
941
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200942To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200943 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
944<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200945To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
947<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200948NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
949
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000950
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200951ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
952ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000953
954*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
955hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
956using. For Perl script use: >
957 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
958 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
959For Visual Basic use: >
960 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
961 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
962
AvidSeeker3088ef02024-07-16 21:39:07 +0200963ASYMPTOTE *asy.vim* *ft-asy-syntax*
964
965By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
966extended geometry keywords: >
967
968 :let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
969
970and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
971
972 :let g:asy_syn_three = 1
973
974By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
975highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
976
977 :let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
978
979or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
980
981 :let g:asy_syn_x11colors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000982
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000983BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000984
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200985The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000986for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
987are supported.
988
989Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
990in ones |.vimrc|: >
991 let baan_code_stds=1
992
993*baan-folding*
994
995Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
996mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
997source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
998
999To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
1000 let baan_fold=1
1001Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
1002indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
1003considered equal to a tab). >
1004 let baan_fold_block=1
1005Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001006SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001007match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
1008 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001009Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001010the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
1011.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
1012 set foldminlines=5
1013 set foldnestmax=6
1014
1015
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001016BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001018Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001019which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
1020five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1021otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1022Basic.
1023
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001024If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1025example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1026 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1027
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001029C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030
1031A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001033 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001034 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1035To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001036 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001037Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001038
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001039An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1040 :set filetype=cpp
1041
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001042Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001043*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1044*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001045*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1046*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001047*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1048*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1049*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001050 ...except { and } in first column
1051 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1052 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001053*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1054 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001055*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001056*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001057*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1058*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001059*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001060 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001061*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1062*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1063*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1064*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
Doug Kearnsc2a967a2025-01-17 14:12:16 +01001065*c_no_c23* don't highlight C23 standard items
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001066*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001067*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1068*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001069
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001070When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1071become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1072 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001073"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1074 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001075
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001076If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1077when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1078to a larger number: >
1079 :let c_minlines = 100
1080This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1081displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1082disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1083
1084When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1085works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1086you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1087
1088To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1089Example: >
1090 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1091 :function MyCadd()
1092 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1093 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1094 : hi link cMyItem Title
1095 :endfun
1096
1097ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1098"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1099not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1100highlighting: >
1101 :hi link cConstant NONE
1102
1103If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1104highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1105
1106If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001107in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001108~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001109 syn sync fromstart
1110 set foldmethod=syntax
1111
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001112CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001113
1114C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1115the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1116
1117By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1118of C or C++: >
1119 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1120
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001121
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001122CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001123
1124Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1125that are available. Additionally there is:
1126
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001127chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1128chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1129chill_minlines like c_minlines
1130
1131
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001132CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001133
1134ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1135If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1136 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1137This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1138"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1139file).
1140
1141You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1142 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1143Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1144 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1145This works immediately.
1146
1147
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001148CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1149
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001150 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1151
1152Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1153but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1154|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1155syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001156>
1157 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001158 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1159 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001160 \ }
1161<
1162Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1163
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001164There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1165this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1166dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001167
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001168By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1169"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1170namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001171
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001172
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001173 *g:clojure_fold*
1174
1175Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1176list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1177the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1178
1179
1180 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1181
1182Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1183reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001184>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001185 #_(defn foo [x]
1186 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001187<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001188Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1189(e.g. `#_#_`).
1190
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001191
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001192COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001193
1194COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1195development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1196versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1197add this line to your .vimrc: >
1198 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1199To disable it again, use this: >
1200 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1201
1202
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001203COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001204
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001205The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001206comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1207
1208 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1209
1210The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1211
1212
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001213CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1214
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001215Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001216
1217Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001218cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001219cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001220cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1221cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001222
1223
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001224CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001225
1226This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1227used.
1228
1229Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1230symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1231between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001232"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1233>
1234 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001235
1236For using tcsh: >
1237
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001238 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001239
1240Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1241tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001242will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001243"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1244variable.
1245
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001246CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1247
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001248If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1249longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1250variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001251
1252 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1253
1254And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1255
1256 :w
1257 :e
1258
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001259Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001260
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001261
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001262CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001263
1264Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001265hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001266or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001267normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001268line to your .vimrc file: >
1269
1270 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1271
1272Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1273
1274 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1275
1276To disable these again, use this: >
1277
1278 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1279 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1280<
1281
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001282CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001283
1284Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1285doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1286startup vimrc: >
1287 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1288
1289
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001290DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1291
1292Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1293used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1294a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1295from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1296
1297More information about the language and its development environment at the
1298official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1299
1300dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1301type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1302and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1303framework.
1304
1305Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1306
1307https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1308
1309
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001310DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001311
1312Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001313according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001314https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1315To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1316 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1317Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1318To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1319 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1320g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001321
1322
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001323DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001324
1325The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1326there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1327
1328 :let diff_translations = 0
1329
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001330Also see |diff-slow|.
1331
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001332DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001333
1334The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1335provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1336the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1337versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1338uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1339line to your startup file: >
1340 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1341
1342
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001343DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001344DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1345DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001346
1347There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1348are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1349automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1350defaults to XML.
1351You can set the type manually: >
1352 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1353or: >
1354 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1355You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1356Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1357 :set filetype=docbksgml
1358or: >
1359 :set filetype=docbkxml
1360
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001361You can specify the DocBook version: >
1362 :let docbk_ver = 3
1363When not set 4 is used.
1364
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001365
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001366DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001367
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001368Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1369supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1370NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1371and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001372Select the version you want with the following line: >
1373
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001374 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001375
1376If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001377Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001378
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001379The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1380alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1381current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1382inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1383Stack Overflow -
1384
1385https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1386
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001387To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1388Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1389anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001390
1391 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1392
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001393If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1394block will be highlighted as an error.
1395
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001396There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001397"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1398is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001399
1400 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1401
1402If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1403
1404
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001405DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1406
1407Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001408(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1409idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001410
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001411There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1412explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1413Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001414 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1415or >
1416 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1417
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001418It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1419the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1420adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001421 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1422
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001423There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1424and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001425
1426Variable Default Effect ~
1427g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1428g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1429 doxygen comments.
1430
1431doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1432 and html_my_rendering underline.
1433
1434doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1435 colour highlighting.
1436
1437doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001438 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001439
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001440There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001441configuration.
1442
1443Highlight Effect ~
1444doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1445 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1446doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1447 \endlink from a \link section.
1448
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001449
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001450DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001451
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001452The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001453case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1454
1455 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1456
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001457The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001458this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1459
1460 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1461
1462before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1463Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1464'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1465Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1466highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001467delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001468
1469 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1470
1471The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1472
1473
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001474EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001475
1476While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001477syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1478highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001479highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1480
1481 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1482
1483Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1484
1485Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1486
1487 :let eiffel_strict=1
1488 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1489
1490Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1491five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1492"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1493
1494Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1495guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1496lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1497
1498If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1499"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1500
1501 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1502
1503instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1504
1505Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1506experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1507
1508 :let eiffel_ise=1
1509
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001510Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001511
1512 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1513
1514to your startup file.
1515
1516
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001517EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1518
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001519Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001520version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001521Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1522
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001523Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1524still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1525Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001526
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001527The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1528
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001529 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1530 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1531
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001532To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001533auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1534add the following line to your startup file: >
1535
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001536 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001537
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001538< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001539
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001540 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1541
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001542Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001543specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1544file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1545filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1546Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001547
1548
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001549ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001550
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001551Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001552the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001553
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001554The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1555put the following line in your vimrc: >
1556
1557 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1558
1559To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1560
1561 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001562
1563
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001564ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1565
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001566Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1567maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001568
1569The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1570
1571 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1572
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001573Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001574specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1575file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1576filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1577Elixir.
1578
1579
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001580FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1581
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001582FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1583http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001584NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001585development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001586
1587Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1588syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1589editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1590start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1591'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1592(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1593and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1594
1595If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1596move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1597 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1598
1599
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001600FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001601
1602The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1603modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001604following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001605J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1606
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001607If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001608redefine the following syntax groups:
1609
1610 - formConditional
1611 - formNumber
1612 - formStatement
1613 - formHeaderStatement
1614 - formComment
1615 - formPreProc
1616 - formDirective
1617 - formType
1618 - formString
1619
1620Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1621directives per default in the same syntax group.
1622
1623A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001624header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001625this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1626
1627 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1628
1629The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001630gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001631conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1632
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001633Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1634should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1635the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1636
1637If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1638example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1639 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1640
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001641
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001642FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1643
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001644Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1645be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1646edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1647 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001648 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1649
1650
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001651FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001652
1653Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001654Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1655choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16562023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
165790, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1658respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001659items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001660
1661The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1662fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1663the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001664
1665Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001666Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001667syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1668
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001669When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001670form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001671 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001672in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1673source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001674 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1675in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1676
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001677If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1678extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1679file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1680will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1681on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001682
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001683When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001684source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001685fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01001686neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script
1687attempts to determine which source form has been used by examining the file
1688extension using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and
1689PathScale compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08
1690for free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions
1691because different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works,
1692then the script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your
1693file. If no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed
1694to be in fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of
1695cases. In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line
1696comments, the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form.
1697If that happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the
1698first five columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload
1699(:e!) the file.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001700
1701Vendor extensions ~
1702Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1703script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1704created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1705characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1706with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001707 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001708placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1709
1710If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1711set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1712 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1713placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1714
1715To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1716intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1717command such as >
1718 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1719placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001720
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001721Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001722Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001723fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001724Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001725using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001726variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1727 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001728placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001729mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1730
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001731Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001732Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1733fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001734 :let fortran_fold=1
1735to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1736is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001737subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1738units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1739constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1740fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001741 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001742then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001743select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1744be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001745
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001746The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1747comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1748non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1749or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001750items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001751
1752Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001753Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1754strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001755because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1756
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001757For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001758|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001759
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001760FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1761
1762FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1763dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1764for how to select the correct dialect.
1765
1766Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1767
1768Variable Highlight ~
1769*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1770*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1771*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1772*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1773
1774
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001775
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001776FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001777
1778In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1779the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1780appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1781patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1782number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1783
1784For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1785as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1786
1787 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1788 \ set filetype=fvwm
1789
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001790GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001791
1792The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1793the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1794is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1795are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1796
1797 htmlString
1798 htmlValue
1799 htmlEndTag
1800 htmlTag
1801 htmlTagN
1802
1803Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1804java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1805group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1806correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1807to the contains clause.
1808
1809The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1810group to make them easier to see.
1811
1812
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001813GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814
1815The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001816under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001817of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1818filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1819(see |filetype.txt|).
1820
1821
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001822HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001823
1824The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001825Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001826syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1827
1828If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1829light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1830 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1831To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1832add: >
1833 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1834To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1835 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1836And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1837 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1838If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1839your .vimrc: >
1840 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1841
1842The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1843directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001844directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1845operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001846as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1847 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1848
1849The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1850automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1851TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001852or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001853in your .vimrc >
1854 :let lhs_markup = none
1855for no highlighting at all, or >
1856 :let lhs_markup = tex
1857to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1858For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1859this variable, so e.g. >
1860 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001861will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001862set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1863loading a file.
1864
1865
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001866HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001867
1868The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1869
1870The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1871This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001872closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1873are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001874
1875Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1876names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1877makes it easy to spot errors
1878
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001879Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001880names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1881
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001882Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001883are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1884text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1885while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001886only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001887<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001888
1889If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1890following syntax groups:
1891
1892 - htmlBold
1893 - htmlBoldUnderline
1894 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1895 - htmlUnderline
1896 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1897 - htmlItalic
1898 - htmlTitle for titles
1899 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1900
1901To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1902of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1903following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1904are read during initialization) >
1905 :let html_my_rendering=1
1906
1907If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1908http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1909
1910You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1911vimrc file: >
1912 :let html_no_rendering=1
1913
Christian Brabandtdf9f67e2024-07-30 20:19:15 +02001914By default Vim synchronises the syntax to 250 lines before the first displayed
1915line. This can be configured using: >
1916 :let html_minlines = 500
1917<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001918HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1919details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1920However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001921ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001922 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1923
1924JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1925'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001926programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1927currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001928
1929Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1930
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001931There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1932written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001933following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1934(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001935>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001936 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1937 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1938
1939Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1940the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1941
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001942 *html-folding*
1943The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1944and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1945
1946 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1947 :set foldmethod=syntax
1948
1949Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1950especially for large files.
1951
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001952
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001953HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001954
1955The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1956
1957Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1958doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1959this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1960different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1961 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1962
1963Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1964
1965Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1966signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1967a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1968 :set syntax=htmlos
1969
1970Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1971block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1972
1973
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001974IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001975
1976Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1977how to recognize this filetype.
1978
1979To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1980 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1981
1982
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001983INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001984
1985Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1986most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1987to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1988 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1989
1990By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1991and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1992you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1993need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1994 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1995
1996This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1997set of highlighted system functions.
1998
1999The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
2000it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
2001by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
2002startup sequence: >
2003 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
2004
2005By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
2006version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
2007Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
2008startup sequence: >
2009 :let inform_highlight_old=1
2010
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002011IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
2012
2013IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
2014Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
2015
2016IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
2017rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002018repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002019
2020There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
2021are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
2022
2023The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
2024
2025Variable Effect ~
2026
2027idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2028 extensions
2029idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2030idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2031 quite helpful)
2032idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2033
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002034
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002035JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002036
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002037The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002038
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002039In Java 1.0.2, it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2040flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1, this is possible (with anonymous
2041classes); and, therefore, is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2042old way, put the following line into your Vim startup file: >
2043 :let g:java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002044
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002045All (exported) public types declared in `java.lang` are always automatically
2046imported and available as simple names. To highlight them, use: >
2047 :let g:java_highlight_java_lang_ids = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002048
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002049You can also highlight types of most standard Java packages if you download
2050the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html. If you
2051prefer to only highlight types of a certain package, say `java.io`, use the
2052following: >
2053 :let g:java_highlight_java_io = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002054Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2055
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002056Headers of indented function declarations can be highlighted (along with parts
2057of lambda expressions and method reference expressions), but it depends on how
2058you write Java code. Two formats are recognized:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002059
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +020020601) If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002061a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set one
2062of >
2063 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent"
2064 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent1"
2065 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent2"
2066 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent3"
2067 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent4"
2068 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent5"
2069 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent6"
2070 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent7"
2071 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent8"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002072Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002073
20742) However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and types
2075are supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is
2076any amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002077 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "style"
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002078
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002079In addition, you can combine any value of "g:java_highlight_functions" with >
2080 :let g:java_highlight_signature = 1
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002081to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2082highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2083to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2084distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2085
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002086If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2087function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2088or compose new ones.
2089
2090Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2091down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2092conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002093 :let g:java_highlight_generics = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002094
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002095In Java 1.1, the functions `System.out.println()` and `System.err.println()`
2096should only be used for debugging. Consider adding the following definition
2097in your startup file: >
2098 :let g:java_highlight_debug = 1
2099to have the bulk of those statements colored as
2100 *Debug debugging statements,
2101and to make some of their own items further grouped and linked:
2102 *Special as DebugSpecial,
2103 *String as DebugString,
2104 *Boolean as DebugBoolean,
2105 *Type as DebugType,
2106which are used for special characters appearing in strings, strings proper,
2107boolean literals, and special instance references (`super`, `this`, `null`),
2108respectively.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002109
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002110Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2111creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002112similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add JavaScript and CSS
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002113inside this code (see below). The HTML rendering and the Markdown rendering
2114diverge as follows:
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002115 1. The first sentence (all characters up to the first period `.`, which is
2116 followed by a whitespace character or a line terminator, or up to the
2117 first block tag, e.g. `@param`, `@return`) is colored as
2118 *SpecialComment special comments.
2119 2. The text is colored as
2120 *Comment comments.
2121 3. HTML comments are colored as
2122 *Special special symbols.
2123 4. The standard Javadoc tags (`@code`, `@see`, etc.) are colored as
2124 *Special special symbols
2125 and some of their arguments are colored as
2126 *Function function names.
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002127To turn this feature off for both HTML and Markdown, add the following line to
2128your startup file: >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002129 :let g:java_ignore_javadoc = 1
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002130Alternatively, only suppress HTML comments or Markdown comments: >
2131 :let g:java_ignore_html = 1
2132 :let g:java_ignore_markdown = 1
2133
2134See |ft-java-plugin| for additional support available for Markdown comments.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002135
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002136If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above, you can
2137also turn on special highlighting for JavaScript, Visual Basic scripts, and
2138embedded CSS (stylesheets). This only makes sense if any of these languages
2139actually appear in Javadoc comments. The variables to use are >
2140 :let g:java_javascript = 1
2141 :let g:java_css = 1
2142 :let g:java_vb = 1
2143Note that these three variables are maintained in the HTML syntax file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002144
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002145Numbers and strings can be recognized in non-Javadoc comments with >
2146 :let g:java_comment_strings = 1
2147
Aliaksei Budavei2750b832024-08-22 21:09:32 +02002148When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax", blocks of code and multi-line comments
2149will be folded. No text is usually written in the first line of a multi-line
2150comment, making folded contents of Javadoc comments less informative with the
2151default 'foldtext' value; you may opt for showing the contents of a second
2152line for any comments written in this way, and showing the contents of a first
2153line otherwise, with >
2154 :let g:java_foldtext_show_first_or_second_line = 1
2155
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002156Trailing whitespace characters or a run of space characters before a tab
2157character can be marked as an error with >
2158 :let g:java_space_errors = 1
2159but either kind of an error can be suppressed by also defining one of >
2160 :let g:java_no_trail_space_error = 1
2161 :let g:java_no_tab_space_error = 1
2162
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002163In order to highlight nested parens with different colors, define colors for
2164`javaParen`, `javaParen1`, and `javaParen2`. For example, >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002165 :hi link javaParen Comment
2166or >
2167 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2168
Aliaksei Budavei5e95c8f2024-09-15 19:53:50 +02002169Certain modifiers are incompatible with each other, e.g. `abstract` and
2170`final`: >
2171 :syn list javaConceptKind
2172and can be differently highlighted as a group than other modifiers with >
2173 :hi link javaConceptKind NonText
2174
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002175If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002176when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "g:java_minlines" variable to
2177a larger number: >
2178 :let g:java_minlines = 50
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2180displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2181number is that redrawing can become slow.
2182
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002183Significant changes to the Java platform are gradually introduced in the form
2184of JDK Enhancement Proposals (JEPs) that can be implemented for a release and
2185offered as its preview features. It may take several JEPs and a few release
2186cycles for such a feature to become either integrated into the platform or
2187withdrawn from this effort. To cater for early adopters, there is optional
2188support in Vim for syntax related preview features that are implemented. You
2189can request it by specifying a list of preview feature numbers as follows: >
Aliaksei Budavei50423ab2024-09-20 21:37:46 +02002190 :let g:java_syntax_previews = [455, 476]
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002191
2192The supported JEP numbers are to be drawn from this table:
2193 `430`: String Templates [JDK 21]
Aliaksei Budavei23079452024-09-19 18:22:58 +02002194 `455`: Primitive types in Patterns, instanceof, and switch
Aliaksei Budavei50423ab2024-09-20 21:37:46 +02002195 `476`: Module Import Declarations
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002196
2197Note that as soon as the particular preview feature will have been integrated
2198into the Java platform, its entry will be removed from the table and related
2199optionality will be discontinued.
2200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002201
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002202JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax* *g:vim_json_conceal*
h-east738ebfe2024-10-05 16:56:47 +02002203 *g:vim_json_warnings*
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002204
2205The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2206default. To disable concealment: >
2207 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2208
2209To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2210 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2211
2212
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002213JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2214
2215To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2216 hi link jqNumber Normal
2217
2218If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2219 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2220
2221
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002222LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223
2224Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2225style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2226define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2227 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2228
2229
Andis Spriņķis0f146b72024-10-13 19:29:56 +02002230LF (LFRC) *lf.vim* *ft-lf-syntax* *g:lf_shell_syntax*
2231 *b:lf_shell_syntax*
2232
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002233For the lf file manager configuration files (lfrc) the shell commands syntax
2234highlighting can be changed globally and per buffer by setting a different
2235'include' command search pattern using these variables: >
Andis Spriņķis0f146b72024-10-13 19:29:56 +02002236 let g:lf_shell_syntax = "syntax/dosbatch.vim"
2237 let b:lf_shell_syntax = "syntax/zsh.vim"
2238
2239These variables are unset by default.
2240
2241The default 'include' command search pattern is 'syntax/sh.vim'.
2242
2243
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002244LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002245
2246Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2247gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2248 :syn sync minlines=300
2249may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2250difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2251
2252
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002253LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2254
2255To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2256
2257 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2258<
2259
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002260LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2261
2262The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2263
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002264 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002265 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2266 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002267 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002268 of parenthesization will receive different
2269 highlighting.
2270<
2271The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2272the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2273colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2274specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002275usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002276highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2277
2278
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002279LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002280
2281There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2282
2283If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2284
2285 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2286
2287For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2288set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2289
2290 :let lite_minlines = 200
2291
2292
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002293LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002294
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002295LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002296file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2297users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2298should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2299
2300 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2301
2302If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002303modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002304
2305 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2306
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002307For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002308
2309 // vim:set ft=c:
2310
2311If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2312
2313There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002314used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002315and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002316assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002317you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2318
2319 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2320
2321For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2322
2323 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2324
2325For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2326
2327 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2328
2329For uLPC series of LPC:
2330uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2331instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2332
2333
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002334LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002335
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002336The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002337the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2338lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020023395.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002340
2341 :let lua_version = 5
2342 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002343
2344
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002345MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002346
2347Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002348quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002349signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2350whitespaces and end with a newline.
2351
2352Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002353as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002354only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2355
2356By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002357displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002358with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2359
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002360 :let mail_minlines = 30
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002361
2362
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002363MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002364
2365In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2366errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2367feature off by using: >
2368
2369 :let make_no_commands = 1
2370
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002371Comments are also highlighted by default. You can turn this off by using: >
2372
2373 :let make_no_comments = 1
2374
2375Microsoft Makefile handles variable expansion and comments differently
2376(backslashes are not used for escape). If you see any wrong highlights
2377because of this, you can try this: >
2378
2379 :let make_microsoft = 1
2380
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002381
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002382MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002383
2384Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2385supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2386The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2387highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2388
2389 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2390
2391to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2392choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
23931, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2394$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2395
2396 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2397 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2398 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2399 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2400 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2401 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2402 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2403 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2404 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2405
2406
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002407MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax* *g:markdown_minlines*
2408 *g:markdown_fenced_languages* *g:markdown_syntax_conceal*
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002409
2410If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2411slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002412the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002413
2414 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2415
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002416If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2417documents you can enable like this: >
2418
2419 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2420
2421To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2422
2423 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2424
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002425
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002426MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002427
2428Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2429have the following in your .vimrc: >
2430
2431 let filetype_m = "mma"
2432
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002433MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2434
Stanislav Asunkindd36d6c2024-08-14 14:43:30 +02002435By default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002436headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2437
2438 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2439
2440If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2441and italic is possible by: >
2442
2443 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002444
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002445MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2446
2447Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2448dialect.
2449
2450The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2451
2452 taggedComment :=
2453 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2454 ;
2455
2456 dialectTag :=
2457 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2458 ;
2459
2460 reserved words
2461 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2462
2463A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2464lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2465additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2466
2467Example: >
2468
2469 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2470 ...
2471
2472Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2473dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2474defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2475
2476Example: >
2477
2478 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2479
2480
2481Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2482variables.
2483
2484Variable Highlight ~
2485*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2486*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2487*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2488
2489*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2490*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2491*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2492
2493*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2494
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002495MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002496
2497If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2498highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2499comments: >
2500
2501 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2502
2503To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2504
2505 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2506
2507To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2508'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2509
2510 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2511
2512Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2513
2514 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2515
2516To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2517
2518 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2519
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002520Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002521use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2522To enable this option: >
2523
2524 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2525
2526An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2527
2528 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2529
2530
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002531MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002532
2533There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2534
2535If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2536
2537 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2538
2539For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2540set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2541
2542 :let msql_minlines = 200
2543
2544
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002545NEOMUTT *neomutt.vim* *ft-neomuttrc-syntax*
2546 *ft-neomuttlog-syntax*
Richard Russona2aa9212024-10-13 19:40:43 +02002547
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002548To disable the default NeoMutt log colors: >
Richard Russona2aa9212024-10-13 19:40:43 +02002549
2550 :let g:neolog_disable_default_colors = 1
2551
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002552N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2553
2554N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2555Couchbase Server databases.
2556
2557Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2558and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2559many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2560
2561
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002562NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002563
2564There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2565
2566If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2567errors, use this: >
2568
2569 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2570
2571If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2572
2573
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002574NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002575
2576The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2577activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2578can use them.
2579
2580For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002581processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002582features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2583|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002584
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002585 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002586
2587Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2588Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2589there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002590you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002591can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2592native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2593\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2594accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2595environments.
2596
2597In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2598follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2599
26001. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2601
26022. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2603 exclamation mark, etc.
2604
26053. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2606 carriage return.
2607
2608The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2609algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2610
2611Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2612furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2613vertical space input will be output as is.
2614
2615Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2616than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2617practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002618marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002619need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002620spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2621
2622 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2623
2624Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2625with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2626highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002627"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002628
2629 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2630 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2631 \ gui=reverse,bold
2632
2633If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2634with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2635file: >
2636
2637 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2638
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002639As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002640paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2641
2642Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2643groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2644
2645
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002646OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647
2648The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2649.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2650
2651 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2652
2653you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2654by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2655
2656 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2657
2658prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2659contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2660
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002661PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2662
2663By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2664Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002665To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002666
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002667 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002668
2669The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2670
2671 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2672
2673To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2674
2675 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2676
zeertzjq7c515282024-11-10 20:26:12 +01002677This is a list of the rules which can be used here:
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002678
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002679 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002680 - image
2681 - block
2682 - subscript
2683 - superscript
2684 - strikeout
2685 - atx
2686 - codeblock_start
2687 - codeblock_delim
2688 - footnote
2689 - definition
2690 - list
2691 - newline
2692 - dashes
2693 - ellipses
2694 - quotes
2695 - inlinecode
2696 - inlinemath
2697
2698You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2699footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2700
2701 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2702
2703To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2704
2705 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2706
2707Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2708Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2709and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2710
2711 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2712
2713Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2714specified. Default = 1 >
2715
2716 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2717
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002718For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds.
2719This is a list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't
2720match, you can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002721
2722 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2723
2724To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2725
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002726 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002727
2728"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2729you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2730
2731To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2732
2733 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2734
2735Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2736Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2737
2738 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2739
2740The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2741
2742 :PandocHighlight LANG
2743
2744Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2745syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2746
2747 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2748
2749Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002750
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002751PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002752
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002753The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002754and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002755as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2756sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002757you set the variable: >
2758
2759 :let papp_include_html=1
2760
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002761in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002762sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002763edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002764
2765The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2766http://papp.plan9.de.
2767
2768
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002769PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002770
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002771Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2772could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2773or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002774
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002775 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2776 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002777
2778The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2779provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002780Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002781enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2782following line to your startup file: >
2783
2784 :let pascal_traditional=1
2785
2786To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2787keywords, etc): >
2788
2789 :let pascal_delphi=1
2790
2791
2792The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2793*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2794operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2795
2796 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2797
2798Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2799
2800 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2801
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002802Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002803pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2804match Turbo Pascal. >
2805
2806 :let pascal_gpc=1
2807
2808or >
2809
2810 :let pascal_fpc=1
2811
2812To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2813pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2814
2815 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2816
2817If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2818will be highlighted as Error. >
2819
2820 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2821
2822
2823
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002824PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002825
2826There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2827
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002828Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2829to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2830files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002831
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002832 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002833
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002834To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002835off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002836
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002837To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2838from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002839
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002840 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002841
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002842(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2843enabled it.)
2844
2845If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2846
2847 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2848
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002849(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002850
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002851The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2852be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002853perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2854
2855 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2856 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2857 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2858
2859(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2860
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002861The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002862synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2863If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002864then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2865you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002866
2867One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2868
2869 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2870 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2871
2872Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2873its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2874
2875 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2876
2877If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2878
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002879 :let perl_fold = 1
2880
2881If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2882
2883 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002884
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002885Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2886this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002887
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002888 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002889
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002890Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2891via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002892
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002893 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2894
2895Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2896behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2897
2898 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002899
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002900PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002901
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002902[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002903it has been renamed to "php"]
2904
2905There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2906
2907If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2908
2909 let php_sql_query = 1
2910
2911For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2912
2913 let php_baselib = 1
2914
2915Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2916
2917 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2918
2919Using the old colorstyle: >
2920
2921 let php_oldStyle = 1
2922
2923Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2924
2925 let php_asp_tags = 1
2926
2927Disable short tags: >
2928
2929 let php_noShortTags = 1
2930
2931For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2932
2933 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2934
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002935For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002936one: >
2937
2938 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2939
2940Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2941
2942 let php_folding = 1
2943
2944Selecting syncing method: >
2945
2946 let php_sync_method = x
2947
2948x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2949x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2950x = 0 to sync from start.
2951
2952
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002953PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2954
2955TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2956variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002957see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002958
2959This syntax file has the option >
2960
2961 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2962
2963if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2964
2965
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002966PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002967
2968PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2969
2970This syntax file has the options:
2971
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002972- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002973 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002974
2975 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002976 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002977
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002978 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002979 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002980 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002981
2982 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2983
2984- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2985 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2986
2987
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002988PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989
2990There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2991
2992If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2993
2994 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2995
2996For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2997set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2998
2999 :let phtml_minlines = 200
3000
3001
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003002POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003003
3004There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
3005
3006First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
3007currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
3008and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
3009Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
3010extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
3011level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
3012highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
3013
3014 :let postscr_level=2
3015
3016If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
3017the most prevalent version currently.
3018
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003019Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003020particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
3021PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
3022
3023If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
3024Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
3025follows: >
3026
3027 :let postscr_display=1
3028
3029If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
3030Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
3031postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
3032
3033 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
3034
3035PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
3036useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
3037cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
3038character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
3039explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
3040highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
3041
3042 :let postscr_fonts=1
3043 :let postscr_encodings=1
3044
3045There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
3046PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
3047operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
3048if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
3049operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
3050or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
3051highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
3052postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
3053
3054 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
3055<
3056
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003057 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
3058PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003059
3060This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
3061
3062In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
3063the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
3064appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
3065patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
3066"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
3067
3068For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
3069files, add the following: >
3070
3071 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
3072 \ set filetype=ptcap
3073
3074If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
3075are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
3076internal variable to a larger number: >
3077
3078 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
3079
3080(The default is 20 lines.)
3081
3082
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003083PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003084
3085Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3086doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3087startup vimrc: >
3088 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3089The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3090Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3091 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3092 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3093
3094
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003095PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003096
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003097There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003098
3099For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003100 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003101
3102For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003103 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003104
3105For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003106 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
3107
3108For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
3109 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
3110or >
3111 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003112The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003113
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02003114For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003115 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003116
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09003117If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003118 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003119This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3120unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003121
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003122If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3123you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003124Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3125 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003126This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3127
3128Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3129 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3130
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003131
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003132QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003133
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003134The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3135based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3136between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3137definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3138to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3139be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003140
3141set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3142 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3143
3144set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3145 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3146
3147set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3148 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3149
3150Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3151commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3152
3153
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003154R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3155
3156The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3157can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3158 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3159
3160You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3161 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3162
3163enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3164braces: >
3165 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3166
3167and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3168 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3169
3170
3171R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3172
3173To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3174 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3175
3176To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3177 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3178
3179To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3180 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3181
3182By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003183language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3184highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3185is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3186behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3187and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3188 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3189 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3190 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3191 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3192 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3193
3194If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3195list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3196the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003197 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3198
3199
3200R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3201
3202To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3203 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3204
3205
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003206RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3207
3208Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003209rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003210inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3211as rasi files: .rasi.
3212
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003213READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003214
3215The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003216few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003217items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3218command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3219 let readline_has_bash = 1
3220
3221This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3222later, and part earlier) adds.
3223
3224
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003225REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3226
3227Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3228language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3229the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3230
3231
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003232RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3233
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003234Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3235select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3236syntax list.
3237
3238To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003239 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003240
3241To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3242`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3243 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003244 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3245 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003246 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003247 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003248
3249To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3250 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3251
3252To enable folding of sections: >
3253 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3254
3255Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3256
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003257
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003258REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003259
3260If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3261when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3262to a larger number: >
3263 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3264This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3265displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3266number is that redrawing can become slow.
3267
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003268Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3269comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3270your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3271>
3272 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3273
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003274
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003275RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003276
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003277 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3278 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3279 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3280 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3281 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3282
3283 *ruby_operators*
3284 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3285
3286Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3287
3288 :let ruby_operators = 1
3289<
3290 *ruby_space_errors*
3291 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3292
3293Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3294
3295 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3296<
3297This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3298as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3299"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3300spaces respectively.
3301
3302 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3303 Ruby: Folding ~
3304
3305Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3306
3307 :let ruby_fold = 1
3308<
3309This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3310buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3311filetypes.
3312
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003313Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3314"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3315
3316You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3317
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003318 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003319<
3320The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3321
3322 keyword meaning ~
3323 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3324 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3325 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003326 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003327 def "def" block
3328 class "class" block
3329 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003330 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003331 begin "begin" block
3332 case "case" block
3333 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003334 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3335 [ Array literal
3336 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3337 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003338 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003339 : Symbol
3340 # Multiline comment
3341 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003342 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3343
3344 *ruby_no_expensive*
3345 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003346
3347By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003348of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003349experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3350you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003351
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003352 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003353<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003354In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3355
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003356 *ruby_minlines*
3357
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003358If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3359scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3360the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003361
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003362 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003363<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003364Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3365largest class or module.
3366
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003367 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3368 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003369
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003370Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3371"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003372
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003373 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003374<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003375
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003376SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003377
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003378By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003379
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003380scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3381Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003382
3383
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003384SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003385
3386The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3387of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3388
3389The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3390case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003391used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003392highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3393 :let sdl_2000=1
3394
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003395This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003396keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3397 :let SDL_no_96=1
3398
3399
3400The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3401satisfied with it for my own projects.
3402
3403
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003404SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003405
3406To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003407highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003408
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003409 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3410<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003411in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3412inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3413by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3414also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3415you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3416
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003417GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3418comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3419comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3420
3421 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3422<
3423Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3424not (yet) affected by this setting.
3425
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003426Bugs:
3427
3428 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3429 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3430 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3431 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3432 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3433 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3434
3435
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003436SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003437
3438The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3439
3440The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3441This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3442closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3443defined for you)
3444
3445Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3446names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3447
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003448Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003449names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3450
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003451Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003452are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3453text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3454<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3455
3456If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3457following syntax groups:
3458
3459 - sgmlBold
3460 - sgmlBoldItalic
3461 - sgmlUnderline
3462 - sgmlItalic
3463 - sgmlLink for links
3464
3465To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3466following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3467are read during initialization) >
3468 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3469
3470You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3471vimrc file: >
3472 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3473
3474(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3475
3476
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003477 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003478SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003479
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003480This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3481shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003482
3483Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003484various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003485
3486 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3487 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3488<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003489See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3490cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3491/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3492that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3493shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3494symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003495
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003496One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003497variables in your <.vimrc>:
3498
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003499 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003500 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003501< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003502 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003503< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003504 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003505< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003506 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003507
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003508< (dash users should use posix)
3509
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003510If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3511default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003512the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3513statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003514sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003515
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003516The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3517
3518 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3519 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3520 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3521 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003522>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003523then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003524syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3525to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003526
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003527 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3528
3529If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3530when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003531to a larger number. Example: >
3532
3533 let sh_minlines = 500
3534
3535This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3536displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3537number is that redrawing can become slow.
3538
3539If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3540reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3541
3542 let sh_maxlines = 100
3543<
3544The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3545speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3546
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003547syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003548unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003549for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3550the following line in your .vimrc: >
3551
3552 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3553<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003554
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003555 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3556 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003557
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003558You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3559Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3560file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3561
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003562 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003563 " ==============
3564 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3565 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3566 unlet b:current_syntax
3567 endif
3568 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3569 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3570 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3571 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3572 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3573<
3574This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3575 awk '...awk code here...'
3576be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3577extended to other languages.
3578
3579
3580SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3581(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003582
3583The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3584
3585- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3586 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3587 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3588
3589- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3590 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003591 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003592 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3593 them in the syntax file.
3594
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003595- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003596 highlighting of # style comments.
3597
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003598 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003599 number of #s.
3600
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003601 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003602 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003603
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003604 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003605 more than one #.
3606
3607Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003608PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003609fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3610the syntax file.
3611
3612
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003613SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3614 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003615 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003616
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003617While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3618custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3619SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003620
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003621Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3622scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3623supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3624buffer by buffer basis.
3625
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003626For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003627
3628
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003629SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3630
3631Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3632designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3633bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3634with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3635
3636
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003637TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003638
3639This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3640for how the filetype is detected.
3641
3642Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003643is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3644add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003645
3646 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3647
3648If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3649when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3650to a larger number: >
3651
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003652 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003653
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003654This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3655displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3656synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3657tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3658redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003659
3660
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003661TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003662 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003663
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003664 Tex Contents~
3665 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3666 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3667 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3668 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3669 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3670 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3671 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3672 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3673 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3674 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3675 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3676 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3677 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003678 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003679 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003680
3681 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003682 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003683
3684As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3685sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3686 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3687in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3688modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3689 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003690If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003691 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003692<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003693 *g:tex_nospell*
3694 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3695
3696If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3697 let g:tex_nospell=1
3698into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3699comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3700
3701 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003702 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003703
3704Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3705prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3706this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3707 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003708If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3709see |g:tex_nospell|.
3710
3711 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003712 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003713
3714Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3715one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3716want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3717 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003718<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003719 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003720 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003721
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003722The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3723highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3724texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3725terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3726as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003727special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3728 %stopzone
3729which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3730texMathZone.
3731
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003732 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003733 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003734
3735If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3736 :syn sync maxlines=200
3737 :syn sync minlines=50
3738(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003739increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003740if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3741
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003742Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3743|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3744
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003745 *g:tex_fast*
3746
3747Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3748
3749 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3750
3751in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3752highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3753synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3754price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3755folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3756
3757You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3758selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3759
3760 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3761 c : allow texComment syntax
3762 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3763 M : allow texMath syntax
3764 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3765 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3766 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3767 S : allow texStyle syntax
3768 v : allow verbatim syntax
3769 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3770<
3771As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3772but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003773(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003774
3775 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003776 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003777
3778LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3779of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3780package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3781it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3782techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003783by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3784which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3785http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003786
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003787I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3788
3789 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3790<
3791The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3792
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003793 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003794 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003795
3796The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3797although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3798errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3799you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003800 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003801and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003802
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003803 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003804 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003805
3806If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3807code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003808 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3809You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3810(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3811As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3812 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3813You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3814and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3815The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3816has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003817
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003818 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003819 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003820
3821One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3822commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3823following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3824such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3825
3826 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3827 :set ft=tex
3828
3829Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3830always accept such use of @.
3831
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003832 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003833 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003834
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003835If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3836number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3837including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3838superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3839superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3840In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3841
3842One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3843with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003844
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003845 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003846 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3847
3848You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003849<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3850for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003851
3852 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003853 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003854 d = delimiters
3855 m = math symbols
3856 g = Greek
3857 s = superscripts/subscripts
3858<
3859By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3860substitution will not be made.
3861
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003862 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3863 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3864
3865Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3866keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3867syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3868
3869 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3870 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3871 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003872 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003873 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3874 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3875 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003876 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003877
3878 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3879 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3880
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003881 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3882 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3883
3884 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3885
3886 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3887 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3888
3889 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3890 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3891 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3892 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3893
3894 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3895 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3896<
3897 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3898 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3899 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3900< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3901 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3902
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003903 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3904 Tex: Match Check Control~
3905
3906 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003907 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3908 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003909 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3910 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3911 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3912< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3913 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3914 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3915< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3916 regions, >
3917 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3918< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003919
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003920TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003921
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003922There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3923
3924For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3925set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3926
3927 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3928<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003929TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01003930 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003931
3932There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3933
3934 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3935When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3936are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3937
3938 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3939<
3940The default value is 1.
3941
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003942TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3943
3944 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3945Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3946|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3947names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3948
3949 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
3950
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003951VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3952 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003953There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003954updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3955g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3956improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003957
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003958 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3959 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3960<
3961 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3962 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003963
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003964 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3965The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3966embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003967
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003968 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003969 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3970 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3971 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3972 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3973 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3974 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003975<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003976By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003977itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003978types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3979mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003980 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003981Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003982
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003983 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
Doug Kearns818c6412024-10-06 17:00:48 +02003984 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : fold augroups
3985 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'c' : fold Vim9 classes
3986 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'e' : fold Vim9 enums
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003987 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003988 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
Doug Kearns818c6412024-10-06 17:00:48 +02003989 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'i' : fold Vim9 interfaces
3990 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9 legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003991 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
3992 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
3993 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
3994 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
3995 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
3996 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003997<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003998
3999By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004000to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
4001g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02004002
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004003 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
4004By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
4005setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
4006
4007 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01004008Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
4009is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004010highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00004011
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004012 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
4013<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00004014
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004015
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00004016WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
4017
4018The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
4019with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
4020bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
4021https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
4022
4023
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004024XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004025
4026The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
4027variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
4028You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
4029xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
4030your .vimrc. Example: >
4031 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
4032When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
4033
4034Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
4035"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
4036highlighted.
4037
4038
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004039XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004040
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004041Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004042setting a global variable: >
4043
4044 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
4045<
4046 *xml-folding*
4047The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004048start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004049
4050 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
4051 :set foldmethod=syntax
4052
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01004053Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004054especially for large files.
4055
4056
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004057X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004058
4059xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
4060XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
4061you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
4062
4063To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
4064somewhere else with "P".
4065
4066Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
4067 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00004068 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004069 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00004070 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
4071 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004072 :endfunction
4073 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
4074 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
4075This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
4076It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
4077must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
4078
4079It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
4080 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
4081
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004082
4083YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
4084
4085 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004086A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
4087non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
4088plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
4089and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
4090integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004091will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
4092
4093Schema Description ~
4094failsafe No additional highlighting.
4095json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
4096core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004097pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
4098 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
4099 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004100 schema.
4101
4102Default schema is `core`.
4103
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004104Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
4105only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004106difference defined in the syntax file.
4107
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01004108
4109ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
4110
4111The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
4112
4113 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
4114
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004115==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041166. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004117
4118Vim understands three types of syntax items:
4119
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041201. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004121 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4122 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4123 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4124 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4125 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4126 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004127
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041282. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004129 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4130
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041313. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004132 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4133 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4134 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4135
4136Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4137you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4138to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4139and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4140"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4141one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4142This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4143each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4144for a lot of groups.
4145
4146Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4147group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4148for the syntax group with the same name.
4149
4150In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4151defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4152using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4153match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4154keyword with ignoring case.
4155
4156
4157PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4158
4159When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4160
41611. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4162 defined last has priority.
41632. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
41643. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4165 start in later positions.
4166
4167
4168DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4169
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004170:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004171 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4172 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4173 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4174 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4175
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004176:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004177 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004178
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004179
4180DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4181
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004182:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4183:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004184 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4185 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4186
4187 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4188 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4189
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004190 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004191 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4192 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4193 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4194
4195:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004196 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4197 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004198
4199 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4200
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004201SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4202
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004203:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4204:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4205:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004206 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4207 in a syntax item:
4208
4209 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4210 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4211 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4212
4213 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4214 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4215 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4216
4217 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4218
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004219:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004220 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4221 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004222
4223
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004224SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4225
4226:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4227 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4228 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4229
4230 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4231 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004232 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004233
4234 Example: >
4235 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4236<
4237 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4238 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4239 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4240
4241 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4242
4243 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004244 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004245 match.
4246
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004247 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4248 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004249 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004250
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004251DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4252
4253:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4254
4255 This defines a number of keywords.
4256
4257 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4258 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4259 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4260
4261 Example: >
4262 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4263<
4264 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4265 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4266 These examples do exactly the same: >
4267 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4268 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4269 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004270< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004271 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4272 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4273 variations at once: >
4274 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4275<
4276 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4277 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4278 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4279 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4280 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004281 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004282
4283 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4284 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4285 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4286
4287 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4288 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4289 instead.
4290
4291 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4292
4293 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4294 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4295 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004296 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004297 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4298 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4299< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4300 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4301 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4302
4303
4304DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4305
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004306:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4307 [excludenl]
4308 [keepend]
4309 {pattern}
4310 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004311
4312 This defines one match.
4313
4314 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4315 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4316 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4317 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4318 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004319 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4320 match with the end pattern. See
4321 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004322 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4323 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4324 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4325 line, which makes the match depend on where
4326 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4327 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4328
4329 Example (match a character constant): >
4330 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4331<
4332
4333DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4334 *E398* *E399*
4335:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4336 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4337 [keepend]
4338 [extend]
4339 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004340 start={start-pattern} ..
4341 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4342 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004343 [{options}]
4344
4345 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4346
4347 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4348 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4349 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4350 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4351 for the text in between the matched start and
4352 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4353 a different group for the start or end match.
4354 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4355 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4356 match with the end pattern. See
4357 |:syn-keepend|.
4358 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004359 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004360 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4361 extend a containing match or item. Only
4362 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4363 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004364 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004365 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004366 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004367 the region where not to look for the end
4368 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004369 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004370 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4371
4372 Example: >
4373 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4374<
4375 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4376 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4377 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4378 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4379 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4380 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4381
4382 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4383 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4384 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4385 the end patterns.
4386
4387 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4388 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4389 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4390
4391 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4392 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4393 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4394 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4395
4396 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4397 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4398 work: >
4399 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4400 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4401< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4402 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4403 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4404 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4405 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4406< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4407 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4408
4409 *:syn-keepend*
4410 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4411 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4412 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4413 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4414 { starts outer "{}" region
4415 { starts contained "{}" region
4416 } ends contained "{}" region
4417 } ends outer "{} region
4418 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4419 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4420 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4421 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4422 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4423 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4424 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4425< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4426 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4427
4428 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4429 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4430 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4431 contained matches.
4432 *:syn-extend*
4433 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4434 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4435 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4436 extended.
4437 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4438 others don't. Example: >
4439
4440 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4441 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4442 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4443
4444< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4445 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4446 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4447
4448 Another example: >
4449 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4450< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4451 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4452 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4453 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4454 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4455
4456 *:syn-excludenl*
4457 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4458 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4459 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4460 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4461 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4462 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4463 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4464 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4465 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4466 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4467 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4468 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4469 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4470
4471 *:syn-matchgroup*
4472 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4473 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4474 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4475< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4476 between with the "String" group.
4477 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4478 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4479 using a matchgroup.
4480
4481 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4482 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4483 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4484 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4485 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4486
4487 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4488 different colors: >
4489 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4490 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4491 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4492 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4493 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4494 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004495<
4496 *E849*
4497The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004498
4499==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010045007. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004501
4502The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4503The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4504and may be mixed with patterns.
4505
4506Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4507can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004508 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004509 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4510:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4511:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4512:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004513
4514These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004515 conceal
4516 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004517 contained
4518 containedin
4519 nextgroup
4520 transparent
4521 skipwhite
4522 skipnl
4523 skipempty
4524
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004525conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4526
4527When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004528Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004529'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4530concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4531edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004532
4533Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4534bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004535
4536concealends *:syn-concealends*
4537
4538When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4539the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4540Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4541'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004542in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4543|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4544items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004545
4546cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004547 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004548The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4549when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4550argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004551character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4552a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004553 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004554See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004555
4556contained *:syn-contained*
4557
4558When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4559the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4560another match. Example: >
4561 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4562 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4563
4564
4565display *:syn-display*
4566
4567If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4568detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4569by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4570to be displayed.
4571
4572Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4573conditions:
4574- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4575 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4576 line.
4577- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4578 make it continue on the next line.
4579- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4580 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4581 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4582- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4583 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4584 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4585 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4586
4587Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4588- match with a number
4589- match with a label
4590
4591
4592transparent *:syn-transparent*
4593
4594If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4595itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4596is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4597only to skip over a part of the text.
4598
4599The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4600unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4601avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4602highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4603 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4604 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4605 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4606 :hi link myString String
4607 :hi link myWord Comment
4608Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4609match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4610argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4611it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4612out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004613"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004614happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4615position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4616
4617When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4618items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4619see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4620through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4621
4622 look from here
4623
4624 | | | | | |
4625 V V V V V V
4626
4627 xxxx yyy more contained items
4628 .................... contained item (transparent)
4629 ============================= first item
4630
4631The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4632transparent group.
4633
4634What you see is:
4635
4636 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4637
4638Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4639
4640
4641oneline *:syn-oneline*
4642
4643The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4644boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4645region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4646the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4647continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4648line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4649
4650When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4651pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4652end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4653means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4654be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4655line break.
4656
4657
4658fold *:syn-fold*
4659
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004660The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004661Example: >
4662 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4663 :syn sync fromstart
4664 :set foldmethod=syntax
4665This will make each {} block form one fold.
4666
4667The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4668ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4669The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004670See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4671from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004672{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4673
4674
4675 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004676contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004677
4678The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4679groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4680containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4681regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4682this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4683here.
4684
4685contains=ALL
4686 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4687 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4688
4689contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4690 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4691 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4692 are listed. Example: >
4693 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4694
4695contains=TOP
4696 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4697 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4698 argument.
4699contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4700 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4701
4702contains=CONTAINED
4703 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4704 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4705 argument.
4706contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4707 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4708 listed.
4709
4710
4711The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4712that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4713The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4714 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4715The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4716that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4717command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4718syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4719the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4720group names.
4721
4722The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4723region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4724|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4725region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4726area that is highlighted
4727
4728
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004729containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004730
4731The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4732item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4733containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4734
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004735The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004736
4737This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4738be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4739of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4740the C syntax: >
4741 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4742Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4743level.
4744
4745Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4746appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4747keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4748work.
4749
4750
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004751nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004752
4753The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4754separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4755
4756If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4757tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4758a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4759will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4760current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4761other groups. Example: >
4762 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4763 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4764 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4765
4766This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4767"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4768highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4769
4770 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4771 fff bbb fff bbb
4772
4773Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4774when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4775highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4776would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4777
4778
4779skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4780skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4781skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4782
4783These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4784used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004785 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004786 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4787 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4788
4789When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4790next group that matches the white space.
4791
4792When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4793line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4794line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4795the current item in the same line.
4796
4797When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4798groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4799for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4800space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4801
4802Example: >
4803 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4804 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4805 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4806Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4807match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4808precedence.
4809Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4810"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4811example).
4812
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004813IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4814
4815:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4816 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4817 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4818 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4819 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4820 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4821 given explicitly.
4822
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004823:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004824 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004825
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004826==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010048278. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004828
4829In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4830characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4831use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4832use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4833 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4834 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4835
4836See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004837always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004838value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4839not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4840independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4841
4842Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4843This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4844
4845 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4846The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4847change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4848match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4849are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4850pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4851
4852The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4853The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4854
4855ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4856me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4857hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4858he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4859rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4860re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4861lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4862
4863The {offset} can be:
4864
4865s start of the matched pattern
4866s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4867s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4868e end of the matched pattern
4869e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4870e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004871{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004872
4873Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4874
4875Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4876meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4877
4878 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4879match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4880region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4881region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4882region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4883
4884Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4885 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4886<
4887 some "string" text
4888 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4889
4890Notes:
4891- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4892 offset(s).
4893- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4894- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4895 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004896- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004897 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004898 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004899- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4900 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4901 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4902
4903Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4904 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4905<
4906 /* this is a comment */
4907 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4908
4909A more complicated Example: >
4910 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4911<
4912 abcfoostringbarabc
4913 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004914 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004915
4916Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4917
4918Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4919with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004920in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004921
4922The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4923be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4924cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4925characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4926used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4927specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4928
4929 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4930 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4931 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4932<
4933 ___zzzz ___wwww
4934 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4935 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4936 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4937
4938The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4939unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4940
4941
4942Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4943
4944The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4945expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4946
4947When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4948allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004949following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4950the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004951
4952The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4953continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4954matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4955halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4956previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4957is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4958 x x a
4959 b x x
4960Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4961after the "\n".
4962
4963
4964External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4965
4966These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4967
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004968 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004969 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4970 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4971 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004972
4973 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4974 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4975 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4976 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4977
4978Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4979sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4980shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4981items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4982referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4983example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4984 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4985
4986As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4987it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004988changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004989first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4990also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004991 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004992
4993Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4994indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4995to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4996Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4997within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4998sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4999the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
5000
5001Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
5002cannot be referred to.
5003
5004==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010050059. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005006
5007:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
5008 [add={group-name}..]
5009 [remove={group-name}..]
5010
5011This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
5012single name.
5013
5014 contains={group-name}..
5015 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
5016 add={group-name}..
5017 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
5018 remove={group-name}..
5019 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
5020
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005021A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
5022nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
5023this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005024
5025Example: >
5026 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
5027 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
5028
5029As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
5030retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
5031to speak: >
5032 :syntax keyword A aaa
5033 :syntax keyword B bbb
5034 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
5035 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
5036 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
5037
5038This also has implications for nested clusters: >
5039 :syntax keyword A aaa
5040 :syntax keyword B bbb
5041 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
5042 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
5043 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
5044 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
5045 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005046<
5047 *E848*
5048The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005049
5050==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100505110. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005052
5053It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
5054a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
5055two different ways:
5056
5057 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5058 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
5059 the |:runtime| command: >
5060
5061 " In cpp.vim:
5062 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
5063 :unlet b:current_syntax
5064
5065< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5066 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
5067 ":syntax include" command:
5068
5069:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
5070
5071 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
5072 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
5073 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
5074 that list. >
5075
5076 " In perl.vim:
5077 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
5078 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
5079<
5080 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
5081 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
5082 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
5083 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
5084 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01005085 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
5086 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005087
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005088 *E847*
5089The maximum number of includes is 999.
5090
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005091==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100509211. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005093
5094Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
5095make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
5096redrawing starts.
5097
5098:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
5099
5100There are four ways to synchronize:
51011. Always parse from the start of the file.
5102 |:syn-sync-first|
51032. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
5104 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
5105 |:syn-sync-second|
51063. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
5107 |:syn-sync-third|
51084. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
5109 |:syn-sync-fourth|
5110
5111 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
5112For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
5113limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
5114
5115If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
5116that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
5117lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
5118
5119If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
5120for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5121adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5122slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005123 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005124<
5125 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5126When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5127cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5128start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5129the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5130break use this: >
5131 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5132The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5133change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5134value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5135
5136
5137First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5138>
5139 :syntax sync fromstart
5140
5141The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5142accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5143so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005144when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005145case: to the end of the file).
5146
5147Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5148
5149
5150Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5151
5152For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5153Example: >
5154 :syntax sync ccomment
5155
5156When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5157comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5158used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5159An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5160 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5161This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5162used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5163region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5164
5165The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5166lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5167lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5168lines, but it hard to sync on).
5169
5170Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5171that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5172is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5173chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5174is hardly ever noticed.
5175
5176
5177Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5178
5179For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5180Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5181means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5182Example: >
5183 :syntax sync minlines=50
5184
5185"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5186
5187
5188Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5189
5190The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5191sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5192region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5193starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5194the search continues backwards in the file.
5195
5196This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5197matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5198- Keywords cannot be used.
5199- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5200 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5201- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5202 forwards.
5203- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5204 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5205 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005206 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005207- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5208 group of continued lines).
5209- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5210 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5211 line (or group of continued lines).
5212- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5213 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
Jon Parise947f7522024-08-03 17:40:58 +02005214 This is used when a line can contain both the start and the end of a region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005215 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5216
5217There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
52181. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5219 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5220 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5221 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
52222. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5223 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5224 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5225 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5226Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5227
5228Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5229avoid finding unwanted matches.
5230
5231[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5232search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5233highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5234faster.]
5235
5236 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5237 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5238
5239 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5240 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5241 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5242 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5243 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5244
5245 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5246 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5247
5248 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5249 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5250 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5251 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5252 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5253 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5254 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5255 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5256 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5257 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5258
5259 :syntax sync match ..
5260 :syntax sync region ..
5261
5262 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5263 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5264
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005265 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005266 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5267
5268 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5269 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5270 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5271
5272If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5273searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5274few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5275 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5276
5277You can clear all sync settings with: >
5278 :syntax sync clear
5279
5280You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5281 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5282
5283==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100528412. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005285
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005286This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005287
5288 :sy[ntax] [list]
5289
5290To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5291
5292 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5293
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005294To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005295
5296 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5297
5298See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5299
5300Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5301is mostly used, because it looks better.
5302
5303==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100530413. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005305
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005306In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005307and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5308of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005309
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005310 colorscheme pablo
5311<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005312 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005313:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5314 This is basically the same as >
5315 :echo g:colors_name
5316< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005317 output "default". Its palette is defined in the file
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005318 "$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syncolor.vim" and is based on
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005319 legacy versions of peachpuff and desert. When compiled
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005320 without the |+eval| feature it will output "unknown".
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005321
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005322:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005323 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005324 is found is loaded.
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005325 Use `:colo default` to load the default colorscheme.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005326 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5327 "start" and then under "opt".
5328
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005329 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005330 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005331
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005332You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5333appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5334the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5335darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005336
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005337 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5338 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005339<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005340For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5341use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5342the original color scheme: >
5343 runtime colors/evening.vim
5344 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005345
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005346Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5347(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5348autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5349|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5350
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005351 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005352If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5353using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5354color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5355 augroup my_colorschemes
5356 au!
5357 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5358 augroup END
5359
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005360Change a couple more colors: >
5361 augroup my_colorschemes
5362 au!
5363 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005364 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005365 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5366 augroup END
5367
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005368If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5369colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5370 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5371 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5372
5373With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5374different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5375group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5376you can find them here:
5377https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5378
5379For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5380 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5381
5382
5383==============================================================================
538414. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5385
5386There are three types of highlight groups:
5387- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5388 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5389 linked to a group of the second type.
5390- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5391- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5392 *hitest.vim*
5393You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5394 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5395This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5396in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005397
5398:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5399 attributes set.
5400
5401:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5402 List one highlight group.
5403
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005404 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005405:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005406 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005407 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5408 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005409 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005410
5411:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5412:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5413 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5414 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5415
5416:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5417 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005418 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005419 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005420 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005421 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5422 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5423 argument.
5424
5425Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5426default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5427highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5428values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5429the default value.
5430
5431A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5432a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5433
5434 :hi Comment gui=bold
5435
5436Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5437specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5438result is like this single command has been used: >
5439 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5440<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005441 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005442When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5443also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5444 :verbose hi Comment
5445< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005446 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005447
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005448When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5449mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005450
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005451 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5452There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5453term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005454cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005455 termcap entry)
5456gui the GUI
5457
5458For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5459the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5460
54611. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5462
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005463 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005464 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5465 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5466 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005467term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005468 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005469 following items (in any order):
5470 bold
5471 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005472 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005473 underdouble not always available
5474 underdotted not always available
5475 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005476 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005477 reverse
5478 inverse same as reverse
5479 italic
5480 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005481 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005482 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5483
5484 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5485 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005486 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005487 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005488 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005489 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5490 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5491 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5492 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5493 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5494
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005495< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5496 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5497 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5498 have to specify the codes like this: >
5499 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5500 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5501 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5502< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5503 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5504 fallback.
5505
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005506
5507start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5508stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5509 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5510 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5511
5512 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5513 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5514 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5515 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5516 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5517 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5518 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5519
5520 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5521
5522 1. A string with escape sequences.
5523 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5524 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5525 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5526 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5527
5528 2. A list of terminal codes.
5529 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5530 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5531 White space is not allowed. Example:
5532 start=t_C1,t_BL
5533 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5534
5535
55362. highlight arguments for color terminals
5537
5538cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5539 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5540 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5541 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5542 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005543 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5544 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5545 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005546
5547ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5548ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005549ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5550 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5551 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5552
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005553 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5554 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5555 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5556 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5557 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5558 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5559
5560 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5561 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5562 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5563 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5564 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005565 *tmux*
5566 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5567 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005568 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5569 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005570< More info at:
5571 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5572 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005573
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005574 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5575 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5576 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005577 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5578 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5579
5580 *cterm-colors*
5581 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5582 0 0 Black
5583 1 4 DarkBlue
5584 2 2 DarkGreen
5585 3 6 DarkCyan
5586 4 1 DarkRed
5587 5 5 DarkMagenta
5588 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5589 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5590 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5591 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5592 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5593 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5594 12 1* Red, LightRed
5595 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5596 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5597 15 7* White
5598
5599 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5600 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5601 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5602 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5603 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5604 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5605 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5606 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5607 a number instead of a color name.
5608
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005609 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5610 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005611 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005612 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5613 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005614
5615 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5616 colors!
5617
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005618 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5619
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005620 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5621 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5622 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5623 Example: >
5624 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5625< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005626 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5627 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5628 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5629 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5630 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005631 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005632 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005633 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005634
5635 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5636 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5637 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5638 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005639 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5640 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5641 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5642 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5643 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005644 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5645< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005646 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005647 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5648
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005649ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5650 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5651 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5652 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5653 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5654 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5655 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5656 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005657
56583. highlight arguments for the GUI
5659
5660gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5661 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5662 See |attr-list| for a description.
5663 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5664 have the same effect.
5665 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5666
5667font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5668 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5669 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5670 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5671<
5672 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5673 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5674 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5675 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005676 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005677 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5678 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5679 changed.
5680 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5681 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5682 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005683 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5684 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5685 Example: >
5686 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005687
5688guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5689guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005690guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5691 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005692 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5693 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005694 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005695 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005696 bg use normal background color
5697 background use normal background color
5698 fg use normal foreground color
5699 foreground use normal foreground color
5700 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5701 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5702 Example: >
5703 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5704<
5705 *gui-colors*
5706 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5707 Red LightRed DarkRed
5708 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5709 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5710 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5711 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5712 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5713 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5714 Black White
5715 Orange Purple Violet
5716
5717 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5718 |win32-colors|.
5719
5720 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5721 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5722 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005723 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005724 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005725 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005726 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005727<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005728 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005729 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in
5730 |v:colornames|. For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005731
5732 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5733 # override it.
5734 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5735 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5736<
5737 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5738 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5739 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5740 scheme: >
5741
5742 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5743 colorscheme alt
5744<
5745 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5746 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5747 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5748 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5749 by a color scheme using: >
5750
5751 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5752 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5753<
5754
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005755 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5756These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5757'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5758of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5759command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005760When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5761unreadable use Visual selection.
5762
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005763 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005764ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005765 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005766Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5767 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005768 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005769Cursor Character under the cursor.
5770lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5771 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005772 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005773CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005774 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005775CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005776 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005777CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005778 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005779Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005780 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005781DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005782 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005783DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005784 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005785DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005786 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005787DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005788 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005789EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005790 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005791 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005792ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005793 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005794VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005795 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005796Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005797 *hl-FoldColumn*
5798FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5799 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005800SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005801 *hl-IncSearch*
5802IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005803 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005804 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005805LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005806 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005807 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5808LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5809 option is set, above the cursor line.
5810 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5811LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5812 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005813 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005814CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5815 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005816 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5817CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005818 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5819CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005820 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005821MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005822 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005823 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005824MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5825 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005826 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005827ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005828 *hl-MsgArea*
5829MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5830 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005831 *hl-MoreMsg*
5832MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5833 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005834NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5835 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5836 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5837 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5838 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005839 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005840Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005841 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005842Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005843 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005844PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005845 *hl-PmenuKind*
5846PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5847 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5848PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5849 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5850PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5851 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5852PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005853 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005854PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005855 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5856PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005857 *hl-PmenuMatch*
glepnir9eff3ee2025-01-11 16:47:34 +01005858PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item. Applied in
5859 combination with |hl-Pmenu|.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005860 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
glepnir9eff3ee2025-01-11 16:47:34 +01005861PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item. Applied in
5862 combination with |hl-PmenuSel|.
glepnir6a38aff2024-12-16 21:56:16 +01005863 *hl-ComplMatchIns*
5864ComplMatchIns Matched text of the currently inserted completion.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005865 *hl-PopupNotification*
5866PopupNotification
5867 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5868 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005869 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005870Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005871 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5872QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005873 *hl-Search*
5874Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005875 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005876 *hl-CurSearch*
5877CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005878 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5879 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005880 *hl-SpecialKey*
5881SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5882 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005883 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005884 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005885 *hl-SpellBad*
5886SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5887 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005888 *hl-SpellCap*
5889SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5890 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005891 *hl-SpellLocal*
5892SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5893 used in another region. |spell|
5894 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5895 *hl-SpellRare*
5896SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5897 hardly ever used. |spell|
5898 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005899 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005900StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005901 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5902StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005903 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005904 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005905 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005906StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005907 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005908StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5909 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005910 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005911TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005912 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005913TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005914 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005915TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005916 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005917Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005918 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005919Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005920 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005921Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005922 *hl-VisualNOS*
5923VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5924 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5925 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005926WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005927 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005928WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005929
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005930 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005931The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005932statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005933
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005934For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005935scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5936Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5937and guifg.
5938
5939 *hl-Menu*
5940Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5941 Also used for the toolbar.
5942 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5943
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005944 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005945 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5946 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5947 set.
5948
5949 *hl-Scrollbar*
5950Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5951 scrollbars.
5952 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5953
5954 *hl-Tooltip*
5955Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5956 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5957
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005958 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005959 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5960 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5961 set.
5962
5963==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100596415. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005965
5966When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5967can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5968group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5969
5970To set a link:
5971
5972 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5973
5974To remove a link:
5975
5976 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5977
5978Notes: *E414*
5979- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5980 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5981- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5982 removed.
5983- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5984 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5985 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5986 links for groups that already have settings.
5987
5988 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5989The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5990group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5991will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5992
5993Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5994specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5995 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5996If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5997 :highlight link cComment Question
5998Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5999overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
6000
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01006001To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
6002highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
6003another color scheme, put a command like this in the
6004"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
6005 highlight! default link cComment Question
6006
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006007==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100600816. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006009
6010If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
6011command: >
6012 :syntax clear
6013
6014This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
6015or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
6016in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
6017load the syntax file.
6018The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
6019loaded after this command.
6020
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02006021To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
6022 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
6023This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
6024
6025To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
6026 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
6027This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
6028
6029 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006030If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
6031the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
6032 :syntax off
6033
6034What this command actually does, is executing the command >
6035 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
6036See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
6037$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
6038
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006039 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
6040If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
6041defaults back: >
6042
6043 :syntax reset
6044
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02006045It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
6046affects the highlighting.
6047
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006048This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
6049
6050Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
6051back to their Vim default.
6052Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
6053scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
6054
6055What this actually does is: >
6056
6057 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
6058 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
6059
6060Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
6061
6062 *syncolor*
6063If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
6064script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
6065'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
6066the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
6067reset" command.
6068
6069For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
6070
6071 if &background == "light"
6072 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
6073 else
6074 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
6075 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006076<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00006077 *E679*
6078Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
6079'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
6080endless loop.
6081
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006082Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
6083your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
6084depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
6085
6086 *syntax_cmd*
6087The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
6088syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006089 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006090 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006091 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
6092 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
6093 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006094 the colors.
6095 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
6096 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
6097 them.
6098
6099==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100610017. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006101
6102If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
6103mappings.
6104
6105 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
6106 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
6107>
6108 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
6109 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
6110
6111WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
6112memory Vim will consume.
6113
6114Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006115must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
6116at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006117
6118Put these lines in your Makefile:
6119
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006120# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006121types: types.vim
6122types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006123 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006124 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
6125 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
6126
6127And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6128
6129 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006130 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006131 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006132 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006133 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6134
6135==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100613618. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006137
6138Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6139possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6140private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6141with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6142highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6143italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6144
6145To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6146windows on the buffer: >
6147 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006148< *w:current_syntax*
6149This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6150"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6151restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6152"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6153"w:current_syntax".
zeertzjq19be0eb2024-10-22 21:36:45 +02006154Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck', 'spellfile' and 'spelloptions'
6155options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006156
6157Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006158on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006159syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006160same buffer.
6161
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006162A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6163is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6164When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006165
6166==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100616719. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006168
6169Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6170default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6171 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6172 : if has("terminfo")
6173 : set t_Co=8
6174 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6175 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6176 : else
6177 : set t_Co=8
6178 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6179 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6180 : endif
6181 :endif
6182< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6183
6184You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6185e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6186
6187Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6188be wrong.
6189 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6190The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6191But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6192 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6193 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6194<
6195 *colortest.vim*
6196To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006197To use it, execute this command: >
6198 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006199
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006200Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006201output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6202at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6203colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6204
6205 *xfree-xterm*
6206To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006207included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006208at: >
6209 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6210Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6211termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6212supports. >
6213 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6214If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6215(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6216
6217This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6218 :if has("terminfo")
6219 : set t_Co=16
6220 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6221 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6222 :else
6223 : set t_Co=16
6224 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6225 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6226 :endif
6227< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6228
6229Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6230translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6231Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6232
6233For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6234
6235 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6236 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6237
6238Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6239and try if that works.
6240
6241You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6242 XTerm*color0: #000000
6243 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6244 XTerm*color2: #008000
6245 XTerm*color3: #808000
6246 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6247 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6248 XTerm*color6: #008080
6249 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6250 XTerm*color8: #808080
6251 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6252 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6253 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6254 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6255 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6256 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6257 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6258 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6259
6260[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6261cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006262newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006263
6264To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6265Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6266 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6267<
6268 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6269To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6270Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6271these resources:
6272 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6273 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6274 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6275 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6276
6277 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006278These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006279foreground colors: >
6280 :if has("terminfo")
6281 : set t_Co=8
6282 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6283 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6284 :else
6285 : set t_Co=8
6286 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6287 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6288 :endif
6289< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6290
6291 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6292These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6293emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6294bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6295 :set t_Co=16
6296 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6297 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6298<
6299 *TTpro-telnet*
6300These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6301open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6302 set t_Co=16
6303 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6304 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6305Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6306that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6307(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6308
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006309
6310==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100631120. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006312
6313This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6314
6315If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6316faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6317as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6318
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006319Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006320You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6321
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006322To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6323sequence: >
6324 :syntime on
6325 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6326 :syntime report
6327
6328This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6329it took to match them against the text.
6330
6331:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6332 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6333 matching.
6334
6335:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6336
6337:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6338
6339:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6340 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6341 the output.
6342
6343 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6344 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6345 matching this pattern.
6346 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6347 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6348 matched
6349 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6350 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6351 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6352 this is not unique.
6353 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6354
6355Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6356include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6357pattern does NOT match.
6358
6359When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6360all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6361literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6362
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006363"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006364 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006365"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006366
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006367
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006368 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: